* amd64-tdep.c (amd64_convert_register_p): Delete.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 222@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 572the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
4a9bb1df
UW
607@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
608To make this work, you need to define a function called
609@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
c906108c
SS
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
663It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
664was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
665
666Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
667once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
668triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
669is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
670method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
671For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
672every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
673For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
674@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
675and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
676watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
677considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
678otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
679each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
680the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
681watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
682changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 683
9742079a
EZ
684@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
685watchpoints:
686
687@table @code
688@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
689@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
690If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
691
692@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
694Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
695possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
696of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
697not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
698number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
699is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
700are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
701the same time).
702
703@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
704@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
705Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
706whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
707
b6b8ece6 708@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
709@findex target_insert_watchpoint
710@findex target_remove_watchpoint
711@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
712@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
713Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
714@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
715possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
716defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
717
474c8240 718@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
719 enum target_hw_bp_type
720 @{
721 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
722 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
723 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
724 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
725 @};
474c8240 726@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
727
728@noindent
729These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
730
9742079a 731@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
732@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
733If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
734associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
735@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
736is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
737not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
738it to improve handling of those also.
739
740@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
741immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
742target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
743resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
744control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 745
9742079a
EZ
746@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
747@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
748If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
d983da9c
DJ
749watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
750this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
751which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
752set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
753to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
754watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 755
4a9bb1df
UW
756@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
757@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
758If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
759watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
760watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
761interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
762
763@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
764@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
765If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
766inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
767when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
768read or write.
9742079a
EZ
769
770@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
771@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
772If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
773watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
774
775@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
776@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
777Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
778the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
779Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
780the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
781type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
782target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
783the @var{wait_status} argument.
784
785@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
786@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
787determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
788it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
789@end table
790
d983da9c
DJ
791@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
792@cindex watchpoints, with threads
793
794@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
795in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
796act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
797watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
798if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
799watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
800per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
801@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
802@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
803@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
804@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
805threads.
806
807@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
808at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
809multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
810queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
811is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
812@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
813thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
814two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
815will be called a second time for the second thread.
816
9742079a
EZ
817@subsection x86 Watchpoints
818@cindex x86 debug registers
819@cindex watchpoints, on x86
820
821The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
822registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
823generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
824support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
825subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
826
827To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
828following:
829
830@itemize @bullet
831@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
832@item
833Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
834target-dependent headers.
835
836@item
837Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
838defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
839
840@item
841Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
842@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
843@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
844
845@item
846Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
847below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
848which does the real work.
849@end itemize
850
851The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
852debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
853real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
854provide:
855
856@table @code
857@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
858@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
859Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
860
861@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
862@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
863Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
864
865@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
866@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
867Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
868number @var{idx}.
869
870@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
871@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
872Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
873used immediately after it is returned by
874@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
875register values.
876@end table
877
878For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
879that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
880to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
881allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
882expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
883wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
884maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
885anything to use this feature.
886
887The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
888bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
889be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
890region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
891@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
892bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
893a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
894region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
895
896The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
897@value{GDBN}'s application code:
898
899@table @code
900@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
901@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
902The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
903this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
904watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
905less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
906processors.
907
908@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
909@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
910The target function
911@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
912This
9742079a
EZ
913function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
914Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
915macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
916set in DR6.
917
ac77d04f
JJ
918@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
919@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
920The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
921is set to call this function. The
922argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
923function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
924Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
925macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
926returned.
927
9742079a
EZ
928@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
929@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
930@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
931@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
932Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
933@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
934are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
935looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
936region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
937reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
938register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
939the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
940value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
941register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
942and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
943inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
944@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
945required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
946each debug register.
947
948@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
949in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
950length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
951values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
952@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
953watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
954decrements the reference count, and only calls
955@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
956the count goes to zero.
957
958@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
959@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
960@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
961@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
962These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
963macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
964@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
965The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
966the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
967These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
968@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
969the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
970hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
971register.
972
973@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
974@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
975This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
976hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 977@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
978address whose watchpoint triggered.
979
980@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
981@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
982This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
983bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
984the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
985@end table
986
987@noindent
988@strong{Notes:}
989@enumerate 1
990@item
991x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
992However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
993@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
994watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
995on x86.
996
997@item
998x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
999only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
1000there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
1001whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
1002current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
1003always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
1004watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
1005unavailable in many platforms.
1006@end enumerate
1007
5c95884b
MS
1008@section Checkpoints
1009@cindex checkpoints
1010@cindex restart
1011In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
1012the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
1013
1014Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
1015whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
1016state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
1017registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1018of open files and devices.
1019
1020There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1021in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1022method implemented on the target side.
1023
1024A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1025state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1026not typically include information about external entities such as
1027open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1028
1029A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1030as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1031is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1032be used on other systems.
1033
b247355e 1034Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1035method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1036advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1037details of how it is done.
1038
1039
bcd7e15f
JB
1040@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1041@cindex observer pattern interface
1042@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1043
1044In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1045some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1046modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1047hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1048versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1049@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1050a strong limitation.
1051
1052A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1053Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1054a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1055previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1056easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1057interface when adding new notifications.
1058
1059See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1060currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1061implementation is also briefly discussed.
1062
c906108c
SS
1063@node User Interface
1064
1065@chapter User Interface
1066
25822942 1067@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1068is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1069
1070@section Command Interpreter
1071
56caf160 1072@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1073@cindex CLI
25822942 1074The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1075allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1076has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1077a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1078
56caf160
EZ
1079For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1080@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1081to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1082
56caf160
EZ
1083@findex add_cmd
1084@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1085To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1086the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1087place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1088the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1089
40dd2248
TT
1090@findex add_setshow_cmd
1091@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1092To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1093@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1094a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1095further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1096the new command structures for manipulation.
1097
56caf160
EZ
1098@cindex deprecating commands
1099@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1100Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1101deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1102aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1103@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1104return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1105command immediately after it is created.
1106
c72e7388 1107The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1108replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1109@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1110entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1111
0ee54786
EZ
1112@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1113@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1114@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1115
1116@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1117The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1118@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1119interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1120from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1121every UI, to produce output.
1122
1123@subsection Overview and Terminology
1124
1125In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1126of output, and can even generate an input request.
1127
1128Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1129
1130@itemize @bullet
1131@item
1132to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1133
1134@item
1135to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1136operation;
1137
1138@item
1139to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1140progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1141
1142@item
1143to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1144
1145@item
1146to show @emph{debug data};
1147
1148@item
1149to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1150@end itemize
1151
1152@noindent
1153This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1154although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1155
1156Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1157involves one or more of the following:
1158
1159@itemize @bullet
1160@item
1161output of the actual data
1162
1163@item
1164formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1165easily readable by humans
1166
1167@item
1168machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1169parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1170
1171@item
c72e7388
AC
1172annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1173parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1174@end itemize
1175
1176The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1177Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1178of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1179deprecated.
1180
c72e7388
AC
1181Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1182a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1183non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1184header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1185
c72e7388
AC
1186@table @code
1187@item <table> @expansion{}
1188@code{<header> <body>}
1189@item <header> @expansion{}
1190@code{@{ <column> @}}
1191@item <column> @expansion{}
1192@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1193@item <body> @expansion{}
1194@code{@{<row>@}}
1195@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1196
1197
1198@subsection General Conventions
1199
c72e7388
AC
1200Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1201@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1202object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1203
c72e7388
AC
1204The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1205to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1206
c72e7388
AC
1207The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1208When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1209sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1210format.
1211
c72e7388
AC
1212When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1213call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1214
1215
c72e7388 1216@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1217
1218@cindex list output functions
1219@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1220@cindex tuple output functions
1221This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1222tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1223(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1224
c72e7388
AC
1225To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1226containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1227fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1228
c72e7388
AC
1229Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1230rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1231even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1232
1233@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1234Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1235maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1236
1237The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1238
474c8240 1239@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1240 ui_out_table_begin
1241 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1242 @dots{}
0ee54786 1243 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1244 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1245 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1246 @dots{}
1247 ui_out_tuple_end
1248 @dots{}
0ee54786 1249 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1250@end smallexample
0ee54786 1251
c72e7388 1252Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1253functions:
1254
c72e7388
AC
1255@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1256The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1257of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1258function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1259the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1260@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1261pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1262@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1263was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1264
1265The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1266the end of the table's output.
1267@end deftypefun
1268
c72e7388
AC
1269@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1270@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1271table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1272column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1273@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1274
1275The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1276value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1277@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1278center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1279specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1280column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1281call.
0ee54786
EZ
1282@end deftypefun
1283
1284@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1285This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1286@end deftypefun
1287
1288@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1289This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1290after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1291functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1292
1293There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1294call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1295will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1296@end deftypefun
1297
c72e7388 1298The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1299call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1300@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1301@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1302calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1303
c72e7388
AC
1304@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1305This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1306to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1307implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1308after the call.
1309@end deftypefun
1310
1311@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1312This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1313one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1314@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1315be signaled.
1316@end deftypefun
1317
1318@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1319This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1320(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1321and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1322cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1323@smallexample
1324struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1325ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1326old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1327 uiout);
1328@end smallexample
1329@end deftypefun
1330
1331@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1332This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1333an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1334implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1335after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1336@end deftypefun
1337
1338@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1339This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1340one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1341@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1342be signaled.
1343@end deftypefun
1344
1345@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1346Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1347opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1348that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1349@end deftypefun
1350
1351@subsection Item Output Functions
1352
1353@cindex item output functions
1354@cindex field output functions
1355@cindex data output
1356The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1357items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1358
1359Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1360
1361@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1362This is the most general output function. It produces the
1363representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1364according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1365@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1366supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1367supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1368
1369This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1370use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1371@end deftypefun
1372
c72e7388 1373@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1374This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1375@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1376the name of the field.
1377@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1378
1379@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1380This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1381@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1382@var{fldname} specifies
1383the name of the field.
1384@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1385
c72e7388 1386@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1387This function outputs an address.
1388@end deftypefun
1389
c72e7388 1390@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1391This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1392specification.
1393@end deftypefun
1394
1395Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1396functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1397@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1398the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1399used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1400of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1401@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1402you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1403@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1404@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1405and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1406constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1407you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1408@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1409
1410@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1411This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1412same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1413passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1414@code{ui_stream} object.
1415@end deftypefun
1416
1417@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1418This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1419@var{streambuf}.
1420@end deftypefun
1421
c72e7388 1422@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1423This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1424@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1425@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1426@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1427the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1428@end deftypefun
1429
1430@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1431out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1432@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1433cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1434skeleton code to do that:
1435
1436@smallexample
1437 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1438 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1439 ...
1440 do_cleanups (old);
1441@end smallexample
1442
1443If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1444of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1445
1446@smallexample
1447 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1448 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1449@end smallexample
1450
1451Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1452@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1453same buffer twice.
1454
1455@subsection Utility Output Functions
1456
c72e7388 1457@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1458This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1459an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1460@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1461@end deftypefun
1462
c72e7388 1463@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1464This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1465easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1466this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1467from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1468
1469Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1470the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1471to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1472string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1473output short messages.
1474@end deftypefun
1475
1476@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1477This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1478text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1479list.
1480@end deftypefun
1481
c72e7388 1482@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1483This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1484verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1485current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1486verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1487setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1488as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1489argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1490@end deftypefun
1491
1492@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1493This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1494of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1495output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1496be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1497accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1498explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1499@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1500@end deftypefun
1501
1502@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1503This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1504the UI buffers output.
1505@end deftypefun
1506
1507
1508@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1509
1510@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1511@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1512This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1513functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1514@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1515@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1516
1517This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1518produce a table.
1519
1520The original code was:
1521
474c8240 1522@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1523 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1524 @{
1525 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1526
1527 annotate_field (0);
1528 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1529 annotate_field (1);
1530 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1531 annotate_field (2);
1532 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1533 annotate_field (3);
1534 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1535 if (addressprint)
1536 @{
1537 annotate_field (4);
1538 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1539 @}
1540 annotate_field (5);
1541 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1542
1543 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1544 @}
474c8240 1545@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1546
1547Here's the new version:
1548
474c8240 1549@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1550 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1551
1552 if (addressprint)
1553 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1554 else
1555 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1556
1557 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1558 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1559 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1560 annotate_field (0);
1561 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_field (1);
1564 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1566 annotate_field (2);
1567 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1568 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1569 annotate_field (3);
1570 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1571 if (addressprint)
1572 @{
1573 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1574 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1575 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1576 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1577 else
c72e7388
AC
1578 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1579 @}
1580 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1581 annotate_field (5);
1582 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1583 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1584 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1585 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1589to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1590in the above example. The original code was:
1591
474c8240 1592@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1593 annotate_record ();
1594 annotate_field (0);
1595 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1596 annotate_field (1);
1597 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1598 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1599 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1600 (int)b->type);
1601 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1602 annotate_field (2);
1603 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1604 annotate_field (3);
1605 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1606 @dots{}
474c8240 1607@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1608
1609This is the new version:
1610
474c8240 1611@smallexample
0ee54786 1612 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1613 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (0);
1615 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1616 annotate_field (1);
1617 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1618 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1619 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1620 (int) b->type);
1621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1622 annotate_field (2);
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1624 annotate_field (3);
1625 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1626 @dots{}
474c8240 1627@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1628
1629This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1630produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1631functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1632automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1633
474c8240 1634@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1635 annotate_field (5);
1636 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1637@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1638
1639The new version is:
1640
474c8240 1641@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1642 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1643 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1644 ...
1645 annotate_field (5);
1646 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1647 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1651@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1652was:
1653
474c8240 1654@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1655 annotate_field (5);
1656 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1657 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1658 else
1659 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1660@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1661
1662It became:
1663
474c8240 1664@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1665 annotate_field (5);
1666 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1667 @{
1668 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1669 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1670 @}
1671 else
1672 @{
1673 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1675 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1676 @}
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1680use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1681code was:
1682
474c8240 1683@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1684 annotate_field (5);
1685 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1686 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1687@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1688
1689It became:
1690
474c8240 1691@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1692 annotate_field (5);
1693 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1694 @{
1695 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1696 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1697 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1698 @}
474c8240 1699@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1700
1701Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1702code was:
1703
474c8240 1704@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1705 annotate_field (5);
1706 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1707 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1708@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1709
1710It became:
1711
474c8240 1712@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1713 annotate_field (5);
1714 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1715 @{
1716 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1717 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1719 @}
474c8240 1720@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1721
1722Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1723
474c8240 1724@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1725 annotate_field (4);
1726 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1727 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1728@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1729
1730It became:
1731
474c8240 1732@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1733 annotate_field (4);
1734 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1735@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1736
1737
c906108c
SS
1738@section Console Printing
1739
1740@section TUI
1741
89437448 1742@node libgdb
c906108c 1743
89437448
AC
1744@chapter libgdb
1745
1746@section libgdb 1.0
1747@cindex @code{libgdb}
1748@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1749to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1750
1751@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1752@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1753@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1754better able to support graphical and other environments.
1755
1756Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1757evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1758
1759@itemize @bullet
1760@item
1761Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1762@item
1763Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1764@item
1765Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1766@item
1767Library - @file{gdb.h}
1768@end itemize
1769
1770The model that ties these components together is described below.
1771
1772@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1773
1774A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1775
1776@itemize @bullet
1777@item
1778As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1779@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1780state, etc).
1781@item
1782As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1783obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1784@end itemize
1785
c1468174 1786Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1787the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1788controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1789@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1790before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1791
1792@section CLI support
1793
1794At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1795@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1796their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1797requirements.
1798
1799It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1800(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1801out the theory:
1802
1803@itemize @bullet
1804@item
1805The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1806@item
1807The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1808versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1809@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1810@item
1811The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1812used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1813@end itemize
1814
1815When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1816along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1817the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1818through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1819At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1820virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1821
1822The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1823@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1824client's custom builder).
1825
1826@section @code{libgdb} components
1827
1828@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1829@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1830be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1831observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1832the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1833finished the current command.
1834
1835@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1836@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1837create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1838when doing any queries.
1839
1840@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1841@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1842@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1843loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1844implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1845
1846The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1847@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1848instead of returning.
1849
1850@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1851@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1852the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1853builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1854before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1855
1856@node Symbol Handling
1857
1858@chapter Symbol Handling
1859
25822942 1860Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1861functions, and types.
1862
1863@section Symbol Reading
1864
56caf160
EZ
1865@cindex symbol reading
1866@cindex reading of symbols
1867@cindex symbol files
1868@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1869file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1870debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1871symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1872more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1873reading symbols from shared libraries.
1874
1875@findex find_sym_fns
1876Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1877the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1878of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1879this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1880
1881@findex add_symtab_fns
1882@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1883@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1884Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1885@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1886to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1887name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1888and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1889times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1890prefix.
1891
1892The functions supplied by each module are:
1893
1894@table @code
1895@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1896
56caf160 1897@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1898Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1899symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1900resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1901read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1902might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1903whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1904
1905The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1906@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1907new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1908and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1909information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1910in the @code{private} field.
1911
1912There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1913@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1914
1915@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1916
1917Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1918This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1919state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1920@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1921arguments and no result. It may be called after
1922@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1923may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1924
1925@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1926
1927Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1928symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1929
56caf160 1930@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1931@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1932the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1933address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1934table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1935or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1936@end table
1937
1938In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1939@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1940to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1941from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1942
1943@table @code
1944@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1945
56caf160 1946Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1947the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1948pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1949symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1950@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1951zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1952@end table
1953
1954@section Partial Symbol Tables
1955
56caf160 1956@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1957
1958@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1959@cindex full symbol table
1960@cindex symtabs
1961@item
1962Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1963information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1964
56caf160
EZ
1965@cindex psymtabs
1966@item
1967Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1968information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1969symbol table.
1970
56caf160
EZ
1971@cindex minimal symbol table
1972@cindex minsymtabs
1973@item
1974Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1975gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1976@end itemize
1977
56caf160 1978@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1979This section describes partial symbol tables.
1980
1981A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1982file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1983extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1984need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1985information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1986quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1987pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1988the user.
1989@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1990
1991The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1992visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1993that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1994types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1995
1996The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1997full symbol table would represent.
1998
56caf160
EZ
1999@cindex finding a symbol
2000@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2001The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2002code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2003
2004@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2005@findex find_pc_function
2006@findex find_pc_line
2007@item
c1468174 2008By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2009function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2010range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2011@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2012@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2013
56caf160
EZ
2014@cindex lookup_symbol
2015@item
2016By its name
c1468174 2017(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2018function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2019psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2020have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2021case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2022qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2023local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2024does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2025@end itemize
2026
2027The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2028at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2029while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2030psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2031them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2032either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2033name.
2034
56caf160
EZ
2035It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2036been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2037in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2038all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2039ranges.
c906108c 2040
56caf160 2041The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2042thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2043be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2044bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2045and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2046on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2047unless you want to do a lot more work.
2048
2049@section Types
2050
56caf160 2051@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2052
56caf160 2053@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2054These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2055types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2056into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2057that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2058knows about.
c906108c 2059
56caf160 2060@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2061
56caf160
EZ
2062@cindex type codes
2063Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2064of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2065@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2066which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2067types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2068other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2069or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2070
56caf160 2071@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2072
2073These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2074fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2075use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2076eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2077initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2078@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2079an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2080@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2081only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2082@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2083some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2084
2085@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2086@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2087
2088@subsection a.out
2089
56caf160
EZ
2090@cindex @code{a.out} format
2091The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2092consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2093which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2094respectively.
c906108c 2095
56caf160 2096The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2097place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2098@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2099format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2100symbols with distinctive attributes.
2101
56caf160 2102The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2103
2104@subsection COFF
2105
56caf160 2106@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2107The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2108COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2109number of sections is limited.
2110
2111The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2112was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2113instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2114included file.
2115
2116The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2117
2118@subsection ECOFF
2119
56caf160 2120@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2121ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2122workstations.
2123
2124The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2125
2126@subsection XCOFF
2127
56caf160 2128@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2129The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2130The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2131symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2132@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2133information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2134
2135The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2136shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2137refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2138relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2139using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2140been run (or the core file has been read).
2141
2142@subsection PE
2143
56caf160
EZ
2144@cindex PE-COFF format
2145Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2146executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2147
25822942 2148While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2149COFF reader.
2150
2151@subsection ELF
2152
56caf160 2153@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2154The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2155to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2156many of COFF's limitations.
2157
2158The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2159
2160@subsection SOM
2161
56caf160 2162@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2163SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2164SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2165
1a92f856 2166The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2167
c906108c
SS
2168@section Debugging File Formats
2169
2170This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2171are independent of the object file format.
2172
2173@subsection stabs
2174
56caf160 2175@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2176@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2177format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2178formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2179
2180While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2181including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2182the real work.
2183
2184@subsection COFF
2185
56caf160 2186@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2187The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2188of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2189
2190@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2191
56caf160 2192@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2193ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2194
2195The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2196
c906108c
SS
2197@subsection DWARF 2
2198
56caf160 2199@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2200DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2201
2202The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2203
2204@subsection SOM
2205
56caf160 2206@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2207Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2208
25822942 2209@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2210
56caf160
EZ
2211@cindex adding debugging info reader
2212If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2213there is probably little to be done.
2214
2215If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2216BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2217
2218You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2219debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2220from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2221information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2222internal data structures.
2223
2224For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2225to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2226platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2227will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2228directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2229@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2230
c91d38aa
DJ
2231@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2232
2233Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2234its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2235namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2236
2237Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2238released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2239objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2240they could be unloaded at different times.
2241
2242User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2243these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2244is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2245the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2246
c906108c
SS
2247
2248@node Language Support
2249
2250@chapter Language Support
2251
56caf160
EZ
2252@cindex language support
2253@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2254although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2255manually.
c906108c 2256
56caf160
EZ
2257@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2258of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2259means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2260identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2261
25822942 2262@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2263
56caf160
EZ
2264@cindex adding source language
2265To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2266following steps:
c906108c
SS
2267
2268@table @emph
2269@item Create the expression parser.
2270
56caf160 2271@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2272This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2273building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2274@file{parse.c}.
2275
56caf160 2276@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2277Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2278parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2279@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2280various parsers from defining the same global names:
2281
474c8240 2282@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2283#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2284#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2285#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2286#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2287#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2288#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2289#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2290#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2291#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2292#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2293#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2294#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2295#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2296#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2297#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2298#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2299@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2300
2301At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2302initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2303@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2304@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2305that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2306and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2307@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2308language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2309for more information.
2310
2311@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2312
56caf160
EZ
2313@cindex expression evaluation routines
2314@findex evaluate_subexp
2315@findex prefixify_subexp
2316@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2317If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2318add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2319code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2320defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2321for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2322@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2323the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2324
2325@item Update some existing code
2326
2327Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2328@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2329
2330Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2331These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2332are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2333statement, an error is reported.
2334
56caf160 2335@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2336Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2337@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2338@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2339string.
2340
56caf160 2341@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2342Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2343language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2344dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2345
56caf160 2346@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2347Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2348code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2349This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2350Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2351file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2352information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2353code.
2354
56caf160
EZ
2355@findex print_subexp
2356@findex op_print_tab
2357Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2358expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2359printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2360
2361@item Add a place of call
2362
56caf160 2363@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2364Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2365@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2366
2367@item Use macros to trim code
2368
56caf160 2369@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2370The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2371languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2372@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2373macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2374leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2375using your language.
2376
25822942 2377Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2378is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2379compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2380
56caf160
EZ
2381See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2382for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2383
2384@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2385
2386Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2387variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2388not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2389distribution!
c906108c
SS
2390@end table
2391
2392
2393@node Host Definition
2394
2395@chapter Host Definition
2396
56caf160 2397With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2398definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2399mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2400
2401@section Adding a New Host
2402
56caf160
EZ
2403@cindex adding a new host
2404@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2405@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2406New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2407@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2408below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2409eventually disappear.
c906108c 2410
c906108c 2411@table @file
c906108c 2412@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2413This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2414(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2415configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2416
2417Host configuration information included a definition of
2418@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2419@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2420@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2421
7fd60527
AC
2422New host only configurations do not need this file.
2423
c906108c 2424@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2425This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2426gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2427handled by Autoconf.
2428
2429New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2430
2431@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2432file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2433@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2434also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2435
c906108c
SS
2436@end table
2437
2438@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2439
56caf160 2440@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2441There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2442various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2443defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2444the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2445@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2446
2447Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2448to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2449Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2450into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2451
2452@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2453@cindex remote debugging support
2454@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2455@item ser-unix.c
2456This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2457included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2458variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2459
2460@item ser-go32.c
2461This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2462using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2463
56caf160 2464@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2465@item ser-tcp.c
2466This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2467@end table
2468
2469@section Host Conditionals
2470
56caf160
EZ
2471When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2472defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2473attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2474the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2475they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2476
56caf160 2477@ftable @code
25822942 2478@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2479The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2480@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2481
cce74817
JM
2482@item NO_STD_REGS
2483This macro is deprecated.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2486If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2487of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2488
2489@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2490Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2491the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2492
2493@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2494@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2495Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2496@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2497@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2498on several different types of systems.
2499
2500@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2501@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2502Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2503line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2504characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2505which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2506mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2507
2508@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2509@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2510The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2511
2512@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2513@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2514The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2515
c906108c
SS
2516@item FOPEN_RB
2517Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2518
c906108c 2519@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2520@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2521In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2522tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2523
c906108c
SS
2524@item HAVE_TERMIO
2525Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2526
c906108c 2527@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2528@itemx INT_MIN
2529@itemx LONG_MAX
2530@itemx UINT_MAX
2531@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2532Values for host-side constants.
2533
2534@item ISATTY
2535Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2536
2537@item LONGEST
2538This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2539it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2540@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2541
2542@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2543@cindex @code{long long} data type
2544Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2545by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2546
2547@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2548Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2549the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2550@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2551
2552@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2553Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2554set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2555
2556@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2557Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2558numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2559set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2560
2561@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2562Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2563float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2564@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2565
2566@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2567Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2568@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2569is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2570
2571@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2572This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2573@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2574which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2575
c906108c
SS
2576@item NORETURN
2577If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2578that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2579indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2580if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2581
2582@item ATTR_NORETURN
2583If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2584@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2585of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2586set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2587defined.
2588
c906108c 2589@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2590@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2591Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2592defined.
2593
2594@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2595This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2596@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2597
c906108c
SS
2598@item USG
2599Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2600This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2601@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2602
2603@item lint
56caf160 2604Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2605
2606@item volatile
2607Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2608@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2609@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2610
2611
2612@node Target Architecture Definition
2613
2614@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2615
56caf160
EZ
2616@cindex target architecture definition
2617@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2618machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2619with them.
c906108c 2620
af6c57ea
AC
2621The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2622@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2623using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2624
b6fd0dfb
NR
2625@menu
2626* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2627* Initialize New Architecture::
2628* Registers and Memory::
2629* Pointers and Addresses::
2630* Address Classes::
2631* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2632* Register and Memory Data::
2633* Frame Interpretation::
2634* Inferior Call Setup::
2635* Compiler Characteristics::
2636* Target Conditionals::
2637* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2638@end menu
2639
2640@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2641@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2642@cindex OS ABI variants
2643
2644@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2645ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2646variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2647components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2648
2649A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2650(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2651OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2652to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2653considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2654overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2655architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2656different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2657OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2658examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2659sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2660
2661@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2662A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2663selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2664for each BFD architecture.
2665
f4b3909f 2666The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2667
2668@table @code
2669
f4b3909f
EZ
2670@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2671@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2672Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2673
70f80edf
JT
2674@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2675@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2676The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2677settings for the architecture will be used.
2678
2679@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2680@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2681UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2682
2683@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2684@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2685GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2686
2687@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2688@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2689Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2690
2691@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2692@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2693OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2694
2695@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2696@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2697GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2698
2699@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2700@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2701FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2702
2703@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2704@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2705FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2706
2707@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2708@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2709NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2710
2711@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2712@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2713NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2714
2715@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2716@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2717OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2718
2719@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2720@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2721Windows CE.
70f80edf 2722
1029b7fa
MK
2723@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2724@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2725DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2726
f4b3909f
EZ
2727@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2728@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2729Irix.
2730
f4b3909f
EZ
2731@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2732@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2733Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2734
f4b3909f
EZ
2735@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2736@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2737HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2738
f4b3909f
EZ
2739@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2740@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2741HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2742
f4b3909f
EZ
2743@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2744@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2745QNX Neutrino.
2746
2747@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2748@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2749Cygwin.
2750
2751@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2752@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2753AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2754
2755@end table
2756
2757Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2758
2759@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2760Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2761@end deftypefun
2762
c133ab7a 2763@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2764Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2765architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2766@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2767machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2768will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2769@end deftypefun
2770
2771@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2772Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2773BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2774If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2775be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2776any architecture.
2777@end deftypefun
2778
2779@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2780Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2781The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2782be determined.
2783@end deftypefun
2784
2785@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2786Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2787@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2788corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2789architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2790with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2791@end deftypefun
2792
f4b3909f
EZ
2793@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2794Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2795@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2796from the note. This function should be called via
2797@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2798@end deftypefun
2799
b6fd0dfb 2800@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2801@section Initializing a New Architecture
2802
2803Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2804via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2805registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2806the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2807be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2808are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2809
2810The initialization function has this type:
2811
2812@smallexample
2813static struct gdbarch *
2814@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2815 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2816@end smallexample
2817
2818The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2819architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2820have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2821value.
2822
2823The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2824is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2825search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2826return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2827create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2828
2829Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2830architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2831defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2832However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2833so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2834defaults from @var{arches}.
2835
b6fd0dfb 2836@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2837@section Registers and Memory
2838
56caf160
EZ
2839@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2840@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2841block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2842
56caf160
EZ
2843@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2844compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2845that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2846to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2847and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2848
25822942 2849@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2850
b6fd0dfb 2851@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2852@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2853@cindex pointer representation
2854@cindex address representation
2855@cindex word-addressed machines
2856@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2857@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2858@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2859@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2860@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2861@cindex D10V addresses
2862
2863On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2864indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2865whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2866machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2867However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2868address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2869identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2870
172c2a43 2871For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2872instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2873actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2874jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2875full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2876If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2877then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2878However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2879low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2880zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2881the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2882refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2883code space.
2884
2885However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2886forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2887@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2888@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2889
2890(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2891affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2892going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2893
56caf160
EZ
2894To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2895one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2896byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2897of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2898@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2899@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2900@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2901and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2902
2903Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2904processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2905each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2906distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2907clean up some architecture-independent code.
2908
2909Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2910
2911@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2912Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2913@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2914appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2915@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2916@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2917inferior's.
2918
2919For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2920extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2921@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2922D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2923@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2924
2925If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2926will signal an internal error.
2927@end deftypefun
2928
2929@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2930Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2931pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2932@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2933inferior's.
2934
2935For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2936stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2937appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2938is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2939a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2940
2941If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2942will signal an internal error.
2943@end deftypefun
2944
f23631e4 2945@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2946Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2947as appropriate for the current architecture.
2948
2949This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2950For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2951described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2952@end deftypefun
2953
2954@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2955Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2956the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2957This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2958above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2959@end deftypefun
2960
4a9bb1df 2961Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
2962relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2963definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2964simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 2965
4a9bb1df 2966@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
2967Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2968appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2969address the pointer refers to.
2970
2971This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2972C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 2973@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 2974
4a9bb1df 2975@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
2976Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2977@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2978
2979This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2980C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 2981@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 2982
b6fd0dfb 2983@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
2984@section Address Classes
2985@cindex address classes
2986@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2987@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2988
2989Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2990via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2991define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2992distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2993info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2994address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2995following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2996types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2997a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2998
4a9bb1df 2999@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3000Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3001is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3002This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3003@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3004@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3005
4a9bb1df 3006@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3007Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3008its name.
4a9bb1df
UW
3009@end deftypefun
3010@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3011Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3012for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3013@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3014
3015Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3016the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3017functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3018
3019Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
302032-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3021suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3022uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3023of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3024to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3025
3026@smallexample
3027somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3028 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3029@{
b5b0480a
KB
3030 if (byte_size == 2)
3031 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3032 else
3033 return 0;
f2abfe65 3034@}
b5b0480a
KB
3035
3036static char *
3037somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3038@{
b5b0480a
KB
3039 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3040 return "short";
3041 else
3042 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3043@}
b5b0480a
KB
3044
3045int
3046somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3047 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3048@{
b5b0480a 3049 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3050 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3051 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3052 return 1;
f2abfe65 3053 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3054 else
3055 return 0;
f2abfe65 3056@}
b5b0480a
KB
3057@end smallexample
3058
3059The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3060to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3061the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3062short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3063
3064@smallexample
3065(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3066type = int * @@short
3067@end smallexample
3068
93e79dbd 3069
b6fd0dfb 3070@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3071@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3072@cindex raw register representation
3073@cindex virtual register representation
3074@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3075
3076@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3077functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3078pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3079Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3080Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3081Bug Tracking Database} and
3082@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3083up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3084
9fb4dd36
JB
3085Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3086register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3087In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3088the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3089used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3090
13d01224
AC
3091@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3092both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3093register forms.}
3094
9fb4dd36
JB
3095For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3096raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3097However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3098
3099@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3100@item
56caf160 3101The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3102we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3103floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3104are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3105allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3106type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3107arrangement is the virtual representation.
3108
3109@item
25822942
DB
3110Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3111registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3112bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3113raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3114virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3115@end itemize
3116
3117In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3118@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3119can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3120@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3121@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3122
56caf160
EZ
3123Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3124conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3125
3126@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3127Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3128and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3129
3130You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3131unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3132@end deftypefn
3133
12c266ea 3134@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3135The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3136of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3137remote protocol packet.
3138@end deftypefn
3139
f30992d4 3140@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3141The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3142This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3143register's value.
3144@end deftypefn
3145
2e092625 3146@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3147This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3148@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3149register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3150always uses the virtual form.
3151@end deftypefn
3152
3153@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3154Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3155should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3156at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3157convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3158
6f6ef15a
EZ
3159Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3160@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3161arguments in different orders.
3162
3163You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3164for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3165value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3166@end deftypefn
3167
3168@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3169Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3170should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3171at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3172convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3173
3174Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3175their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3176@end deftypefn
3177
3178
b6fd0dfb 3179@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3180@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3181@cindex register representation
3182@cindex memory representation
3183@cindex representations, register and memory
3184@cindex register data formats, converting
3185@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3186
3187@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3188significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3189section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3190@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3191@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3192further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3193
3194Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3195form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3196For example:
3197
3198@itemize @bullet
3199
3200@item
3201The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3202floating-point registers.
3203
3204@item
3205The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3206@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3207when stored in a register.
3208
3209@end itemize
3210
3211In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3212the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3213the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3214Interface.
3215
3216For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3217representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3218However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3219following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3220representations of a data type:
3221
4a9bb1df 3222@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3223Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3224register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3225when stored in memory.
3226
4a9bb1df
UW
3227When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3228@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3229
3230This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3231no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3232@end deftypefun
13d01224 3233
4a9bb1df 3234@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3235Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3236@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3237format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3238
4a9bb1df
UW
3239Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3240take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3241
4a9bb1df
UW
3242You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3243the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3244@end deftypefun
13d01224 3245
4a9bb1df 3246@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3247Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3248raw format.
3249
4a9bb1df
UW
3250Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3251take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3252
4a9bb1df
UW
3253You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3254the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3255@end deftypefun
13d01224
AC
3256
3257@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3258See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3259@end deftypefn
3260
b6fd0dfb 3261@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3262@section Frame Interpretation
3263
b6fd0dfb 3264@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3265@section Inferior Call Setup
3266
b6fd0dfb 3267@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3268@section Compiler Characteristics
3269
b6fd0dfb 3270@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3271@section Target Conditionals
3272
4a9bb1df
UW
3273This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3274target machine.
c906108c
SS
3275
3276@table @code
3277
4a9bb1df
UW
3278@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3279@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3280If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3281really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3282@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3283in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3284
3285For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32862.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3287instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3288boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3289address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3290example look like that:
3291@smallexample
3292arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3293@{
3294 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3295@}
3296@end smallexample
c906108c 3297
4a9bb1df
UW
3298@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3299@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3300If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3301referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3302and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3303return 0.
3304
3305The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3306@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3307possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3308@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3309
4a9bb1df
UW
3310@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3311@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3312Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3313has been defined.
3314
4a9bb1df
UW
3315@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3316@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3317Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3318the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3319used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3320returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3321@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3322values or'd together.
3323@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3324
4a9bb1df
UW
3325@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3326@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3327Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3328been defined.
3329
4a9bb1df
UW
3330@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3331@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3332Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3333flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3334
4a9bb1df
UW
3335@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3336@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3337Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3338@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3339
4a9bb1df
UW
3340@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3341@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3342Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3343@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3344This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3345C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3346@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3347
4a9bb1df
UW
3348@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3349@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3350Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3351parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3352original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3353
c906108c 3354@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3355@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3356Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3357endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3358are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3359
3360@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3361@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3362This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3363memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3364instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3365pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3366longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3367
56caf160 3368@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3369@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3370
c906108c 3371@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3372@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3373@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3374@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3375Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3376
56caf160 3377@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3378favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3379
4a9bb1df
UW
3380@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3381@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3382@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3383contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3384a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3385length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3386counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3387breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3388
3389Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3390not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3391instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3392instruction of the architecture.
3393
7a292a7a
SS
3394Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3395
4a9bb1df
UW
3396@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3397@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3398@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3399@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3400Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3401(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3402@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3403provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3404architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3405@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3406conventional manner.
3407
3408It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3409custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3410@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3411reason.
3412
4a9bb1df
UW
3413@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3414@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3415@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3416Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3417address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3418breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3419
3420The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3421The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3422instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3423instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3424one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3425in parallel.
3426
3427In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3428from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3429information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3430refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3431if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3432statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3433instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3434(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3435in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3436at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3437
4a9bb1df 3438The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3439breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3440the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3441
3442Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3443expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3444is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3445
4a9bb1df
UW
3446@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3447@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3448See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3449
4a9bb1df
UW
3450This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3451(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3452
4a9bb1df
UW
3453@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3454@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3455This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3456from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3457@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3458
4a9bb1df
UW
3459@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3460@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3461This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3462written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3463status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3464default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3465
4a9bb1df
UW
3466@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3467@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3468Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3469@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3470@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3471
4a9bb1df
UW
3472@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3473@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3474This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3475program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3476@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3477
56caf160
EZ
3478@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3479@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3480If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3481library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3482
5fc14d0a 3483@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3484@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3485If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3486the processor's floating point unit.
3487
4a9bb1df
UW
3488@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3489@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3490If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3491specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3492either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3493registers (@var{all} is zero).
3494
3495The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3496zero omits floating-point registers.
3497
4a9bb1df
UW
3498@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3499@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3500If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3501to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3502
3503By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3504registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3505
4a9bb1df
UW
3506@item int gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf_regnr})
3507@findex gdbarch_dwarf_reg_to_regnum
3508Convert DWARF register number @var{dwarf_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3509not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3510
4a9bb1df
UW
3511@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3512@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3513Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3514If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3515
4a9bb1df
UW
3516@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3517@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3518Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3519not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3520
0ba6dca9
AC
3521@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3522@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3523If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3524macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3525
0ba6dca9
AC
3526This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3527is not defined.
c906108c 3528
19772a2c
AC
3529@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3530@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3531Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3532represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3533Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3534
4a9bb1df 3535@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3536@anchor{frame_align}
3537@findex frame_align
3538Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3539requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3540alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3541stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3542
3543This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3544the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3545value are correctly aligned.
3546
5fc14d0a
EZ
3547This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3548growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3549
3550By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3551
4a9bb1df
UW
3552@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3553@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3554The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3555@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3556allocating extra stack space).
3557
3558When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3559modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3560@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3561stack.
3562
3563By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3564(@pxref{frame_align}).
3565
3566The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3567@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3568@cindex red zone
3569
618ce49f
AC
3570@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3571@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3572Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3573
618ce49f
AC
3574@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3575@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3576Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3577outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3578situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3579chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3580startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3581@code{_start}.
c906108c 3582
f30ee0bc
AC
3583@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3584@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3585See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3586current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3587@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3588@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3589@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3590
fb8f8949 3591@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3592
4a9bb1df
UW
3593@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3594@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3595For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3596are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3597@code{-1}.
c906108c 3598
8bedc050
AC
3599@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3600@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3601@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3602saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063 3603
4a9bb1df 3604This method is deprecated. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_pc}.
12cc2063 3605
4a9bb1df
UW
3606@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3607@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3608@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3609@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3610@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3611
3612The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3613is typically no more than:
3614
3615@smallexample
3616ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3617pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3618return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3619@end smallexample
3620
3621@noindent
8bedc050 3622@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3623
4a9bb1df
UW
3624@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3625@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3626@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3627commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3628
3629The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3630is typically no more than:
3631
3632@smallexample
3633ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3634sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3635return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3636@end smallexample
3637
3638@noindent
3639@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3640
c906108c 3641@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3642@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3643For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3644function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3645@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3646function's epilogue.
3647
782263ab
AC
3648@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3649@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3650An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3651used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3652function's first genuine instruction.
3653
3654This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3655the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3656example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3657indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3658VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3659appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3660function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3661@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3662
c906108c 3663@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3664@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3665@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3666@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3667If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3668look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3669are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3670respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3671
4a9bb1df
UW
3672@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3673@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
3674For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3675DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3676the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3677
56caf160
EZ
3678This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3679assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3680@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3681pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3682
268e2188
AC
3683@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3684@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3685Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3686conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3687feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3688repenting at leisure.
3689
9742079a
EZ
3690@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3691An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3692support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3693
4a9bb1df
UW
3694@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3695@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3696Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3697stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3698@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3699@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3700
4a9bb1df 3701@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3702@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3703Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3704The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3705the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3706final `return from function call' instruction.
3707
4a9bb1df
UW
3708@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3709@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3710Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3711trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3712
56caf160
EZ
3713@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3714@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
4a9bb1df 3715Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3716dynamic linker.
3717
56caf160
EZ
3718@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3719@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3720Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3721should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3722function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3723to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3724stepping will suffice.
3725
4a9bb1df
UW
3726@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3727@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3728@cindex converting integers to addresses
3729Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3730conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3731the current architectures conventions.
3732
3733@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3734their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3735@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3736computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3737major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3738other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3739conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3740out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3741to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3742disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3743method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3744@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3745
3746@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3747Addresses}.
3748
4a9bb1df
UW
3749@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3750@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3751Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3752appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3753address the pointer refers to.
3754@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3755
4a9bb1df
UW
3756@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3757@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3758Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3759@var{type}.
4281a42e 3760@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3761
617073a9
AC
3762@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3763@findex register_reggroup_p
3764@cindex register groups
3765Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3766group @var{reggroup}.
3767
3768By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3769
3770@table @code
3771@item float_reggroup
3772Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3773@item vector_reggroup
3774Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3775@item general_reggroup
3776Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3777floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3778@item save_reggroup
3779@itemx restore_reggroup
3780@itemx all_reggroup
3781Any register with a valid name.
3782@end table
3783
f30992d4
AC
3784@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3785@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3786Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3787register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3788Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3789@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3790
2e092625 3791@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3792@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3793Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3794@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3795
77e7e267
AC
3796@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3797@findex register_type
3798If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3799supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3800Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3801
9fb4dd36 3802@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3803@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3804Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3805form.
13d01224 3806@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3807
3808@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3809@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3810Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3811form.
13d01224 3812@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3813
0ab4b752
MK
3814@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3815@findex regset_from_core_section
3816Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3817@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3818
b0ed3589 3819@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3820@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3821Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3822mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3823
d3e8051b 3824@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3825@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3826A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3827@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3828the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3829for examples.
3830
e35879db
UW
3831@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3832@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3833Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3834debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3835them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3836address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3837linking faster.
3838
3839Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3840argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3841are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3842debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3843addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3844mark the starts and ends of functions.
3845
3846In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3847
3848@itemize @bullet
3849@item
3850@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3851addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3852taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3853minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3854has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3855that carries the address.
3856
3857@item
3858@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3859@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3860guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3861@end itemize
3862
4a9bb1df
UW
3863@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3864@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3865If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3866the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3867
4a9bb1df
UW
3868This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3869@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3870
4a9bb1df
UW
3871@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3872@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3873@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3874nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3875instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3876
c906108c 3877@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3878@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3879A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3880
4a9bb1df
UW
3881@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3882@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3883If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3884register.
3885(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3886
4a9bb1df
UW
3887@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3888@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
b81774d8 3889@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
4a9bb1df
UW
3890@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3891the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
3892code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
3893the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3894
86fe4aaa 3895@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3896function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3897
b24da7d0 3898Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3899
3900This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3901
4a9bb1df
UW
3902@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
3903@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
3904@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
3905instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3906called function should return.
3907
3908Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3909should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3910the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3911
3912By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3913(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3914reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3915
4a9bb1df 3916This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}} and
28954179 3917@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3918
4a9bb1df
UW
3919@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
3920@findex gdbarch_register_name
3921Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3922to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 3923
b24da7d0
AC
3924@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3925@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3926@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3927notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 3928passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0 3929after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
4a9bb1df 3930allocated on the stack. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3931
4a9bb1df
UW
3932@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
3933@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
3934Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3935regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 3936
963e2bb7 3937@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3938@findex gdbarch_return_value
3939@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3940type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3941would use.
3942
3943@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3944@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3945in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3946value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3947passed in as the function's first parameter.
3948
963e2bb7
AC
3949If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3950non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3951@var{regcache}.
3952
963e2bb7 3953If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3954non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3955@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3956just returned function).
3957
92ad9cd9
AC
3958@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3959store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3960the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3961@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3962instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3963return-value extract and store.}
3964
3965@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3966parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3967that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3968then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 3969@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
3970
3971@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3972to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3973@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3974limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3975
4a9bb1df
UW
3976@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
3977@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 3978Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3979steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3980re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3981hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
3982doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
3983processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
3984This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
3985of a branch or jump.
3986
4a9bb1df
UW
3987@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
3988@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
3989A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3990function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 3991
4a9bb1df
UW
3992@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
3993@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 3994If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 3995the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
3996that is at the start of the real function.
3997
4a9bb1df
UW
3998@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3999@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
4000If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
4001the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4002there is no such register.
c906108c 4003
4a9bb1df
UW
4004@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4005@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4006Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4007regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4008
c906108c 4009@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4010@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4011The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4012current sources.)
4013
c906108c 4014@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4015@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4016Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4017
4a9bb1df
UW
4018@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4019@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4020Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4021it should be unsigned.
4022
4023The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4024equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4025character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4026Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4027on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4028
4a9bb1df
UW
4029@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4030@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4031Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4032
4a9bb1df
UW
4033@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4034@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4035Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4036
4a9bb1df
UW
4037@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4038@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4039Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4040
4a9bb1df
UW
4041@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4042@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4043Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4044
4a9bb1df
UW
4045@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4046@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4047Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4048defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4049
4050@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4051@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4052Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4053@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4054
4055@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4056@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4057Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4058@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4059
4060@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4061@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4062Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4063
4064@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4065@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4066@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4067@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4068@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4069@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4070@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4071@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4072@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4073@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4074@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4075@findex read_sp
56caf160 4076@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4077@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4078@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4079left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4080functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4081
4a9bb1df
UW
4082These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4083registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4084and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4085
4a9bb1df 4086@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4087
4a9bb1df
UW
4088@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4089@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
0ba6dca9
AC
4090Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4091pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4092are not used, a default definition simply returns
4093@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4094
9742079a
EZ
4095@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4096If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4097watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4098other related macros.
4099
4a9bb1df
UW
4100@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4101@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4102This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4103instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
7ccaa899
EZ
4104debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4105a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4106accessor function for the global pointer
4107@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4108the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4109@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4110@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4111decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4112
4a9bb1df
UW
4113@item frame_id gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4114@findex gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id
4115@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4116frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4117frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4118previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4119@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4120
b5622e8d
AC
4121@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4122@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4123If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4124given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4125allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4126being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4127for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4128other compilers.
4129
92ad9cd9
AC
4130This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4131(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4132
4a9bb1df
UW
4133@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4134@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4135Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4136@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4137
c906108c
SS
4138@end table
4139
4140Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4141
56caf160 4142@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4143@item BPT_VECTOR
4144Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4145not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4146
4147@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4148Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4149
4a9bb1df
UW
4150@item const char *gdbarch_name_of_malloc (@var{gdbarch})
4151@findex gdbarch_name_of_malloc
a23a7bf1
JB
4152A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4153allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4154
56caf160 4155@end ftable
c906108c 4156
b6fd0dfb 4157@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4158@section Adding a New Target
4159
56caf160 4160@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4161The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4162
4163@table @file
56caf160 4164@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4165@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4166Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4167object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4168@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4169the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4170tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4171
4172You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4173but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4174future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4175
c906108c
SS
4176@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4177Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4178some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4179@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4180as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4181function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4182and debug.
4183
af6c57ea
AC
4184@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4185@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4186This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4187processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4188@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4189the same processor.
4190
4191@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4192(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4193macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4194format and instructions.
4195
4196New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4197
c906108c
SS
4198@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4199This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4200processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4201@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4202same processor.
4203
af6c57ea
AC
4204New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4205
c906108c
SS
4206@end table
4207
4208If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4209@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4210facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4211instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4212that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4213@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4214
123dc839
DJ
4215@node Target Descriptions
4216@chapter Target Descriptions
4217@cindex target descriptions
4218
4219The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4220contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4221some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4222instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4223@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4224more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4225directly.
4226
4227For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4228target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4229Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4230topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4231
4232@menu
4233* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4234* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4235@end menu
4236
4237@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4238@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4239@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4240
4241Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4242an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4243reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4244new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4245
4246A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4247@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4248@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4249the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
425064-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4251
4252If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4253incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4254@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4255architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4256new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4257a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4258of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4259properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4260see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4261
4262@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4263@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4264@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4265
4266Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4267instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4268specific routines to support this.
4269
4270A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4271set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4272with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4273responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4274everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4275mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4276standard registers.
4277
4278If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4279registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4280
4281@itemize @bullet
4282
4283@item
4284Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4285searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4286
4287@item
4288Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4289
4290@item
4291Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4292to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4293
4294@item
4295Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4296feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4297the description was incomplete.
4298
4299@item
4300Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4301is called.
4302
4303@item
4304Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4305fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4306
4307@item
4308Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4309returning it.
4310
4311@end itemize
4312
4313After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4314@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4315routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4316the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4317for any additional registers in the description.
4318
4319Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4320
4321@itemize @bullet
4322
4323@item
4324Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4325constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4326as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4327pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4328which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4329can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4330@code{num_regs} instead.
4331
4332@item
4333The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4334architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4335@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4336@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4337describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4338internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4339gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4340
4341@end itemize
4342
4343
c906108c
SS
4344@node Target Vector Definition
4345
4346@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4347@cindex target vector
c906108c 4348
56caf160
EZ
4349The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4350abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4351actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4352@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4353each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4354
52bb452f
DJ
4355@menu
4356* Managing Execution State::
4357* Existing Targets::
4358@end menu
4359
4360@node Managing Execution State
4361@section Managing Execution State
4362@cindex execution state
4363
4364A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4365stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4366manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4367inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4368active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4369when the target has exited or not yet started.
4370
4371For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4372not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4373accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4374program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4375remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4376are directed to the simulator.
4377
4378A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4379onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4380@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4381@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4382
4383A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4384still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4385@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4386call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4387in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4388after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4389time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4390@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4391@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4392@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4393@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4394target to inactive state.
4395
4396@node Existing Targets
4397@section Existing Targets
4398@cindex targets
4399
4400@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4401
4402Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4403
52bb452f 4404@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4405
56caf160
EZ
4406@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4407that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4408@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4409systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4410
56caf160
EZ
4411The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4412your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4413SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4414program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4415
4416The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4417@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4418
4419@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4420@item
4421%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4422
56caf160
EZ
4423@item
4424traps are disabled;
c906108c 4425
56caf160
EZ
4426@item
4427you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4428@end enumerate
4429
4430As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4431is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4432The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4433hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4434which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4435set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4436first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4437
4438For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4439``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4440and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4441controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4442trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4443do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4444of the debugger/stub.
4445
4446From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4447They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4448
52bb452f 4449@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4450
52bb452f 4451@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4452
52bb452f 4453@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4454
52bb452f 4455@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4456
4457
4458@node Native Debugging
4459
4460@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4461@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4462
25822942 4463Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4464
4465@table @file
56caf160 4466@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4467@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4468Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4469machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4470native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4471Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4472@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4473define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4474@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4475
7fd60527
AC
4476@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4477originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4478on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4479purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4480eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4481suffix.}
4482
c906108c 4483@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4484(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4485macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4486child process control and core file support.
4487
4488@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4489Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4490this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4491@end table
4492
4493There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4494various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4495defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4496the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4497@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4498
4499Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4500to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4501Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4502into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4503
4504@table @file
c906108c
SS
4505@item inftarg.c
4506This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4507processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4508
4509@item procfs.c
4510This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4511processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4512
4513@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4514This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4515and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4516
4517@item infptrace.c
4518This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4519the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4520@end table
4521
4522@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4523@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4524
4525@table @file
56caf160 4526@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4527@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4528Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4529@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4530files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4531just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4532@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4533
4534@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4535If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4536@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4537set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4538register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4539``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4540@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4541use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4542you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4543to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4544@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4545the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4546@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4547@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4548implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4549@end table
4550
25822942 4551When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4552possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4553code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4554@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4555machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4556(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4557@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4558exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4559modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4560section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4561segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4562information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4563sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4564section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4565standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4566around in.
4567
25822942 4568Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4569@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4570@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4571It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4572its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4573segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4574register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4575
4576If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4577format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4578reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4579
4580@section ptrace
4581
4582@section /proc
4583
4584@section win32
4585
4586@section shared libraries
4587
4588@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4589@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4590
56caf160
EZ
4591When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4592defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4593target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4594undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4595
1f6d4158
AC
4596@table @code
4597
c906108c 4598@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4599@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4600If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4601define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4602a read from the child.
4603
4604[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4605currently.]
4606
4607@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4608@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4609Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4610@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4611@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4612@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4613routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4614
4a9bb1df
UW
4615@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4616@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4617This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4618point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4619appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4620to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4621
4a9bb1df
UW
4622@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4623@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
4624For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4625DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4626@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4627
4a9bb1df 4628This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4629assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4630@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4631pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4632
9742079a
EZ
4633@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4634An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4635support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4636
c906108c 4637@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4638@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4639Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4640user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4641
4642@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4643@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4644Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4645defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4646definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4647
c906108c 4648@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4649@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4650If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4651inferior.
4652
4653@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4654@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4655If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4656Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4657
990f9fe3 4658@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4659@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4660Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4661@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4662@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4663processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4664
4665@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4666@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4667Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4668want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4669
4670@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4671@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4672When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4673twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4674the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4675number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4676expand into the number expected.
4677
c906108c 4678@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4679@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4680See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c 4681
c906108c
SS
4682@end table
4683
c906108c
SS
4684@node Support Libraries
4685
4686@chapter Support Libraries
4687
4688@section BFD
56caf160 4689@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4690
25822942 4691BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4692
4693@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4694@item identifying executable and core files
4695BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4696several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4697
4698@item access to sections of files
4699BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4700sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4701(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4702calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4703length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4704
4705@item specialized core file support
4706BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4707core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4708file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4709file.
4710
4711@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4712@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4713symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4714handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4715symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4716string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4717@end table
4718
4719@section opcodes
56caf160 4720@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4721
25822942 4722The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4723library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4724
4725@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4726@cindex readline library
4727The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4728that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4729
4730@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4731@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4732
4733The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4734that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4735systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4736groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4737environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4738a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4739functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4740beyond standard functions).
4741
4742@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4743library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4744floating format support functions, the input options parser
4745@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4746
4747@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4748@cindex @code{obstacks}
4749
4750The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4751chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4752like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4753allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4754@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4755@code{obstacks}).
4756
4757The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4758object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4759representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4760these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4761symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4762fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4763offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4764string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4765information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4766unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4767various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4768names of types.
4769
4770An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4771that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4772various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4773once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4774function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4775deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4776start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4777@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4778obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4779happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4780is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4781obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4782@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4783else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4784use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4785
4786Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4787under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4788longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4789when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4790new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4791
4792@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4793@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4794
4795Regex conditionals.
4796
4797@table @code
c906108c
SS
4798@item C_ALLOCA
4799
4800@item NFAILURES
4801
4802@item RE_NREGS
4803
4804@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4805
4806@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4807
4808@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4809
4810@item Sword
4811
4812@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4813@end table
4814
350da6ee
DJ
4815@section Array Containers
4816@cindex Array Containers
4817@cindex VEC
4818
4819Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4820objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4821and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4822and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4823inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4824Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4825
4826An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4827The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4828the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4829bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4830accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4831but implemented in C.
4832
4833Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4834and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4835these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4836pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4837stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4838dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4839object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4840elements are returned by value.
4841
4842There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4843returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4844variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4845the address-of can be optimized away.
4846
4847The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4848are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4849itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4850--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4851field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4852use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4853such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4854the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4855(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4856@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4857minimal space in the structure containing them.
4858
4859Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4860available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4861that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4862(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4863needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4864If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4865to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4866@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4867elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4868too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4869but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4870is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4871can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4872
4873You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4874remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4875in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4876operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4877There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4878ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4879@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4880into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4881@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4882the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4883
4884If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4885accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4886@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4887vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4888
4889Vector types are defined using a
4890@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4891type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4892characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4893@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4894(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4895awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4896check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4897@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4898that is not possible in plain C.
4899
4900An example of their use would be,
4901
4902@smallexample
4903DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4904
4905struct my_struct @{
4906 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4907@};
4908
4909struct my_struct *s;
4910
4911if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
4912VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
4913for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
4914 @{ do something with elt @}
4915
4916@end smallexample
4917
4918The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
4919accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
4920
4921@table @code
4922@item VEC_length
4923Return the number of items in the array,
4924
4925@item VEC_empty
4926Return true if the array has no elements.
4927
4928@item VEC_last
4929@itemx VEC_index
4930Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
4931
4932@item VEC_iterate
4933Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
4934traversed.
4935
4936@item VEC_alloc
4937@itemx VEC_free
4938Create and destroy an array.
4939
4940@item VEC_embedded_size
4941@itemx VEC_embedded_init
4942Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
4943
4944@item VEC_copy
4945Duplicate an array.
4946
4947@item VEC_space
4948Return the amount of free space in an array.
4949
4950@item VEC_reserve
4951Ensure a certain amount of free space.
4952
4953@item VEC_quick_push
4954@itemx VEC_safe_push
4955Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
4956sure that it is.
4957
4958@item VEC_pop
4959Remove the last item from an array.
4960
4961@item VEC_truncate
4962Remove several items from the end of an array.
4963
4964@item VEC_safe_grow
4965Add several items to the end of an array.
4966
4967@item VEC_replace
4968Overwrite an item in the array.
4969
4970@item VEC_quick_insert
4971@itemx VEC_safe_insert
4972Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
4973already exist, or the space is created.
4974
4975@item VEC_ordered_remove
4976@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
4977Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
4978
4979@item VEC_block_remove
4980Remove a set of items from the array.
4981
4982@item VEC_address
4983Provide the address of the first element.
4984
4985@item VEC_lower_bound
4986Binary search the array.
4987
4988@end table
4989
c906108c
SS
4990@section include
4991
4992@node Coding
4993
4994@chapter Coding
4995
4996This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4997algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4998
4999@section Cleanups
56caf160 5000@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5001
5002Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5003later.
c906108c 5004
cc1cb004
AC
5005When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5006@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5007the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5008cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5009and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5010is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5011cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5012created.
c906108c
SS
5013
5014Syntax:
5015
5016@table @code
c906108c
SS
5017@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5018Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5019
56caf160 5020@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5021@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5022Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5023@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5024handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5025@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5026@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5027from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5028
56caf160 5029@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5030@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5031Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5032@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5033
5034@findex discard_cleanups
5035@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5036Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5037the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5038@end table
5039
5040Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5041@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5042later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5043performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5044
474c8240 5045@smallexample
c906108c 5046make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5047@{
5048 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5049 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5050 ...
5051 do_cleanups (old);
5052@}
474c8240 5053@end smallexample
56caf160 5054
c906108c 5055@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5056will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5057cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5058be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5059
5060Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5061Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5062will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5063to two common cleanup styles.
5064
5065The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5066@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5067code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5068code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5069called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5070@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5071
474c8240 5072@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5073struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5074data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5075make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5076... blah blah ...
5077do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5078@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5079
5080The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5081@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5082any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5083code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5084an error:
5085
474c8240 5086@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5087FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5088struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5089... blah blah ...
5090discard_cleanups (old);
5091return file;
474c8240 5092@end smallexample
c906108c 5093
c1468174 5094Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5095that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5096means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5097interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5098functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5099@samp{longjmp} instead).
5100
ba8c9337
AC
5101@section Per-architecture module data
5102@cindex per-architecture module data
5103@cindex multi-arch data
5104@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5105
fc989b7a
AC
5106The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5107specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5108architecture object.
5109
5110A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5111
5112@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5113@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5114per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5115in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5116architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5117and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5118@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5119
fc989b7a
AC
5120@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5121@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5122per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5123always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5124initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5125per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5126other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5127create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5128@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5129
fc989b7a
AC
5130These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5131identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5132
fc989b7a 5133The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5134
fc989b7a
AC
5135@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5136Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5137@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5138or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5139current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5140pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5141corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5142@end deftypefun
5143
fc989b7a 5144The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5145
5146@smallexample
e7f16015 5147struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5148static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5149@end smallexample
5150
fc989b7a
AC
5151A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5152per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5153per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5154creation.
ba8c9337 5155
fc989b7a
AC
5156In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5157architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5158from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5159
5160@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5161static void *
5162nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5163@{
fc989b7a
AC
5164 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5165 return data;
5166@}
ba8c9337
AC
5167@end smallexample
5168
ba8c9337 5169@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5170extern void
5171set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5172@{
ba8c9337 5173 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5174 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5175@}
5176@end smallexample
5177
fc989b7a
AC
5178A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5179using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5180
fc989b7a
AC
5181In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5182@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5183architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5184
5185@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5186static void *
5187nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5188@{
fc989b7a
AC
5189 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5190 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5191 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5192@}
5193@end smallexample
5194
5195@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5196extern int
5197nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5198@{
fc989b7a
AC
5199 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5200 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5201@}
5202@end smallexample
5203
c906108c 5204@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5205@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5206
56caf160 5207@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5208Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5209or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5210added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5211routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5212exceeded.
5213
5214The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5215printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5216away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5217@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5218@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5219return!
5220
56caf160 5221It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5222space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5223indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5224the line wraps there.
5225
5226Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5227finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5228to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5229print warnings are a good example.
5230
25822942 5231@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5232@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5233
25822942 5234@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5235@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5236FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5237of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5238but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5239
56caf160
EZ
5240@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5241@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5242
af6c57ea 5243
b9aa90c9 5244@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5245
b9aa90c9
AC
5246@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5247compiler.
af6c57ea 5248
b9aa90c9 5249@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5250
5251
5252@subsection Memory Management
5253
5254@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5255@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5256
5257@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5258@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5259these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5260they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5261@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5262
5263@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5264memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5265behavior.}
5266
5267@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5268
5269@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5270memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5271free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5272
5273@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5274@code{NULL} pointer.}
5275
5276@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5277allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5278
5279@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5280restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5281
5282@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5283function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5284
5285@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5286functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5287errors.}
5288
5289
5290@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5291@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5292
aa79a185
DJ
5293With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5294@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5295are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5296building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5297
5298This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5299with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5300from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5301
5302The current list of warning flags includes:
5303
5304@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5305@item -Wall
5306Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5307
aa79a185 5308@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5309
aa79a185
DJ
5310@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5311code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5312
aa79a185 5313@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5314
aa79a185
DJ
5315@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5316Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5317might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5318Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5319@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5320but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5321
7be93b9e
JB
5322@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5323In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5324assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5325signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5326carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5327the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5328worth the time it would take.
5329
aa79a185
DJ
5330@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5331Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5332unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5333@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5334it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5335is being used.
5336
5337@item -Wno-unused
5338@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5339@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5340These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5341currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5342
aa79a185 5343@end table
c906108c
SS
5344
5345@subsection Formatting
5346
56caf160 5347@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5348The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5349strictly.
5350
af6c57ea
AC
5351A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5352function definition should have its name in column zero.
5353
474c8240 5354@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5355/* Declaration */
5356static void foo (void);
5357/* Definition */
5358void
5359foo (void)
5360@{
5361@}
474c8240 5362@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5363
5364@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5365be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5366
af6c57ea
AC
5367There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5368parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5369required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5370or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5371
5372While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5373more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5374after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5375whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5376for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5377
5378Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5379
474c8240 5380@smallexample
af6c57ea 5381void *foo;
474c8240 5382@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5383
5384@noindent
5385and not:
5386
474c8240 5387@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5388void * foo;
5389void* foo;
474c8240 5390@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5391
5392@subsection Comments
5393
56caf160 5394@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5395The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5396
af6c57ea
AC
5397Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5398@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5399
474c8240 5400@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5401/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5402 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5403 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5404 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5405 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5406@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5407
5408(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5409comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5410
5411Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5412variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5413
5414In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5415than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5416line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5417than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5418
5419@subsection C Usage
5420
56caf160 5421@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5422Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5423host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5424of evaluation of expressions.
5425
56caf160 5426@cindex function usage
c906108c 5427Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5428in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5429call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5430limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5431
5432However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5433are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5434
af6c57ea 5435@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5436(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5437protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5438
5439@cindex types
c906108c 5440
af6c57ea
AC
5441Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5442declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5443
5444
5445@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5446@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5447
5448Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5449a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5450argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5451function definition.
c906108c 5452
53a5351d
JM
5453All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5454callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5455be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5456visible to random source files.
c906108c 5457
af6c57ea
AC
5458Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5459that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5460
5461
5462@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5463
5464During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5465User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5466entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5467object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5468Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5469run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5470
5471When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5472@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5473
5474@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5475
5476@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5477the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5478@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5479error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5480
5481@subsection File Names
5482
5483Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5484case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5485unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5486
5487@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5488platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5489is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5490@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5491convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5492@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5493@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5494
5495Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5496of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5497
5498@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5499
5500When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5501@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5502@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5503independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5504the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5505should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5506programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5507
5508For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5509
5510
5511@subsection Include Files
5512
e2b28d04 5513A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5514
e2b28d04
AC
5515A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5516declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5517indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5518
e2b28d04
AC
5519A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5520declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5521indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5522be directly included.
af6c57ea 5523
e2b28d04 5524An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5525
e2b28d04
AC
5526An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5527Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5528pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5529
5530A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5531
5532An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5533files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5534@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5535
5536All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5537
474c8240 5538@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5539#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5540#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5541header body
5542#endif
474c8240 5543@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5544
c906108c 5545
dab11f21 5546@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5547
56caf160 5548@cindex design
c906108c 5549In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5550semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5551experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5552trouble.
5553
56caf160 5554@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5555You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5556(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5557must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5558@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5559such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5560
5561You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5562the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5563current @code{target_ops} vector.
5564
5565You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5566(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5567assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5568host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5569written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5570copyright problems.
5571
56caf160 5572@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5573Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5574to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5575systems.
5576
56caf160 5577@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5578New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5579or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5580for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5581features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5582has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5583often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5584predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5585time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5586with regard to this feature.
5587
5588Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5589target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5590
dab11f21
EZ
5591@cindex portable file name handling
5592@cindex file names, portability
5593One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5594creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5595assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5596a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5597directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5598necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5599system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5600name, use the following portable macros:
5601
5602@table @code
5603@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5604@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5605This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5606whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5607symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5608such hosts.
5609
5610@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5611@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5612Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5613character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5614such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5615pass.
5616
5617@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5618@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5619Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5620For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5621@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5622@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5623
5624@findex FILENAME_CMP
5625@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5626Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5627appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5628this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5629will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5630
5631@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5632@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5633Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5634@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5635This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5636
5637@findex SLASH_STRING
5638@item SLASH_STRING
5639This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5640absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5641@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5642@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5643@end table
5644
5645In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5646functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5647basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5648@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5649platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5650with @code{strrchr}.
5651
25822942
DB
5652Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5653attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5654multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5655by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5656well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5657something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5658using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5659@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5660current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5661is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5662implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5663attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5664formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5665
56caf160
EZ
5666Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5667the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5668@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5669something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5670consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5671with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5672file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5673radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5674
af6c57ea
AC
5675All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5676@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5677messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5678@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5679
c906108c 5680
8487521e 5681@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5682
25822942 5683@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5684@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5685
56caf160
EZ
5686Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5687specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5688dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5689hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5690@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5691name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5692@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5693
56caf160
EZ
5694@itemize @bullet
5695@item
c906108c
SS
5696In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5697@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5698vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5699@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5700@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5701running
5702
474c8240 5703@smallexample
c906108c 5704./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5705@end smallexample
56caf160 5706
c906108c
SS
5707@noindent
5708and
56caf160 5709
474c8240 5710@smallexample
c906108c 5711./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5712@end smallexample
56caf160 5713
c906108c
SS
5714@noindent
5715which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5716and no error messages.
5717
56caf160 5718@noindent
c906108c
SS
5719You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5720beyond the scope of this manual.
5721
56caf160 5722@item
25822942 5723To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5724your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5725desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5726setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5727@var{xyz}).
5728
7fd60527
AC
5729@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5730@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5731new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5732Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5733to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5734changed again in the future.}
5735
56caf160 5736@item
25822942 5737Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5738target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5739configuration.
56caf160 5740@end itemize
c906108c 5741
d52fe014
AC
5742@node Versions and Branches
5743@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5744
d52fe014 5745@section Versions
8973da3a 5746
d52fe014
AC
5747@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5748@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5749
d52fe014
AC
5750@table @asis
5751@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5752@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5753an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5754@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5755a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
57566.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5757@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5758a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
57596.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5760@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5761a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5762@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5763may include additional changes
d52fe014 5764@end table
fb0ff88f 5765
d52fe014
AC
5766@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5767numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5768of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5769@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5770
53531fc1
AC
5771@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5772@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5773drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5774first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5775@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5776@var{patchlevel}.
5777
5778For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5779identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5780
5781@table @asis
5782@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5783drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5784@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5785@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5786drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
57876.1.90.20020304)
5788@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5789@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5790drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5791@end table
fb0ff88f 5792
d52fe014
AC
5793If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57946.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5795here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5796
d52fe014
AC
5797@smallexample
5798 <HEAD>
5799 |
53531fc1 58006.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5801 |
53531fc1 5802 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5803 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5804 | |
53531fc1
AC
58056.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5806 | |
58076.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5808 | |
58096.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5810 | |
53531fc1
AC
58116.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5812 | |
58136.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5814 | |
58156.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5816 | |
58176.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5818 | |
58196.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5820 |
53531fc1 58216.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5822 |
53531fc1 5823 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5824 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5825 | |
58266.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5827 | |
d52fe014 5828@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5829
d52fe014
AC
5830@section Release Branches
5831@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5832
d52fe014
AC
5833@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5834single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5835branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5836
d52fe014
AC
5837@smallexample
5838gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5839gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5840gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5841@end smallexample
5842
5843@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5844release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5845date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5846branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5847
5848@section Vendor Branches
5849@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5850
5851To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5852@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5853(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5854its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5855Inc Patch 2)}.
5856
5857@section Experimental Branches
5858@cindex experimental branches
5859
5860@subsection Guidelines
5861
5862@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5863repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5864for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5865significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5866
d52fe014 5867The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5868
d52fe014
AC
5869@table @emph
5870
5871@item a branch has an owner
5872The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5873ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5874adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5875
5876@item all commits are posted
5877All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5878@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5879mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5880should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5881
5882@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5883This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5884and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5885
5886@item a branch is focused
5887A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5888unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5889be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5890
5891@item a branch tracks mainline
5892This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5893pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5894mainline.
5895
5896@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5897The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5898branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5899
5900@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5901The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5902the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5903@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5904
5905@end table
fb0ff88f 5906
d52fe014
AC
5907@subsection Tags
5908@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5909
d52fe014
AC
5910To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5911branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5912
d52fe014 5913@table @code
fb0ff88f 5914
d52fe014
AC
5915@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5916@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5917The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5918date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5919sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5920@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5921cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5922cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5923 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5924@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5925
d52fe014
AC
5926@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5927The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5928on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5929use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5930@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5931cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5932cvs update \
5933 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5934 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5935@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5936@noindent
5937Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5938merge.
5939
5940@end table
fb0ff88f 5941
d52fe014
AC
5942@noindent
5943For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5944@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5945
55f6ca0f
JB
5946@node Start of New Year Procedure
5947@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5948@cindex new year procedure
5949
5950At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5951
5952@itemize @bullet
5953@item
5954Rotate the ChangeLog file
5955
5956The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5957@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5958A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5959contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5960also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5961the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5962@smallexample
5963Local Variables:
5964mode: change-log
5965left-margin: 8
5966fill-column: 74
5967version-control: never
5968End:
5969@end smallexample
5970
7f893741
JB
5971@item
5972Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
5973in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5974
55f6ca0f
JB
5975@item
5976Update the copyright year in the startup message
5977
5978Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5979@code{print_gdb_version}.
5980@end itemize
5981
d52fe014 5982@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5983
d52fe014
AC
5984@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5985@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5986
9bb0a4d8
AC
5987@section Branch Commit Policy
5988
5989The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59905.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5991
5992@itemize @bullet
5993@item
5994The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5995@item
5996Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5997trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5998file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5999@item
6000When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6001Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6002when debugging a static binary?
6003@item
6004The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6005the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6006@item
6007Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6008sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6009@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6010@end itemize
6011
6012@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6013functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6014This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6015reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6016
6017
cbb09e6a 6018@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6019
8642bc8f 6020Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6021code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6022(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6023
8642bc8f 6024Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6025line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6026been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6027
cbb09e6a
AC
6028The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6029wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6030Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6031
cbb09e6a 6032@enumerate
8973da3a 6033@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6034Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6035list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6036recommended.
8973da3a 6037@item
cbb09e6a 6038Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6039@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6040Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6041Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6042@item
cbb09e6a 6043Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6044@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6045Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6046prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6047@item
6048Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6049released.
6050@item
6051Remove the obsolete code.
6052@end enumerate
6053
6054@noindent
6055@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6056hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6057helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6058or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6059the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6060hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6061
8973da3a 6062
9ae8b82c
AC
6063
6064@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6065
8642bc8f
AC
6066The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6067changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6068instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6069building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6070@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6071
9ae8b82c 6072@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6073
9ae8b82c
AC
6074People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6075something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6076script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6077
9ae8b82c 6078@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6079
9ae8b82c
AC
6080Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6081@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6082@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6083
6084@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6085
8642bc8f 6086A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6087
8642bc8f
AC
6088@itemize @bullet
6089@item
6090@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6091@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6092@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6093file)
6094@item
6095@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6096@end itemize
6097
9ae8b82c 6098@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6099
9ae8b82c
AC
6100@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6101(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6102conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6103of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6104regressions.
8642bc8f 6105
9ae8b82c 6106@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6107
9ae8b82c 6108Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6109
9ae8b82c 6110@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6111
9ae8b82c 6112The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6113
8642bc8f 6114
30107679 6115@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6116
30107679 6117@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6118
474c8240 6119@smallexample
30107679
AC
6120$ u=5.1
6121$ v=5.2
6122$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6123$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6124$ echo $u $V $D
61255.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6126$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6127-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6128cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6129-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6130$ ^echo ^^
6131...
6132$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6133-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6134cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6135-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6136$ ^echo ^^
6137...
8642bc8f 6138$
474c8240 6139@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6140
6141@itemize @bullet
6142@item
b247355e 6143By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6144date/time.
6145@item
b247355e 6146The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6147@item
b247355e 6148Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6149@item
b247355e 6150@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6151@item
b247355e 6152The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6153@end itemize
6154
6155@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6156
6157@smallexample
6158$ u=5.1
6159$ v=5.2
6160$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6161$ echo $u $v$V
61625.1 5_2
6163$ cd /tmp
6164$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6165-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6166cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6167 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6168$ ^echo ^^
6169U src/gdb/version.in
6170$ cd src/gdb
6171$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6172$ cat version.in
61735.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6174$ cvs -f commit version.in
6175@end smallexample
6176
6177@itemize @bullet
6178@item
6179@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6180mechanism.
30107679
AC
6181@item
6182@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6183initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6184@end itemize
6185
8642bc8f
AC
6186
6187@subheading Update the web and news pages
6188
30107679
AC
6189Something?
6190
8642bc8f
AC
6191@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6192
30107679
AC
6193The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6194This file needs to be updated so that:
6195
6196@itemize @bullet
6197@item
b247355e 6198A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6199@item
b247355e 6200The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6201@end itemize
6202
6203@noindent
6204See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6205cron table.
6206
6207The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6208any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6209snapshot directories.
6210
6211
6212@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6213
6214The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6215to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6216refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6217
6218The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6219current release.
6220
6221@subheading Post the branch info
6222
6223Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6224
6225@itemize @bullet
6226@item
6227@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6228@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6229@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6230@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6231@end itemize
30107679
AC
6232
6233@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6234ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6235list are alerted.}
6236
6237The announcement should include:
6238
6239@itemize @bullet
6240@item
b247355e 6241The branch tag.
30107679 6242@item
b247355e 6243How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6244@item
b247355e 6245The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6246@item
b247355e 6247The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6248@end itemize
30107679 6249
8642bc8f
AC
6250@section Stabilize the branch
6251
6252Something goes here.
6253
6254@section Create a Release
6255
0816590b
AC
6256The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6257down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6258process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6259process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6260
0816590b
AC
6261When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6262
6263@subsection Create a release candidate
6264
6265The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6266made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6267candidate).
6268
6269@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6270
6271Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6272@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6273
6274@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6275
474c8240 6276@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6277$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6278$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6279$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6280$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6281/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6282$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6283$ cd $t/$b/$v
6284$ pwd
0816590b 6285/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6286$ which autoconf
6287/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6288$
474c8240 6289@end smallexample
8973da3a 6290
0816590b
AC
6291@noindent
6292Notes:
8973da3a 6293
0816590b
AC
6294@itemize @bullet
6295@item
6296Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6297version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6298found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6299unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6300@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6301@end itemize
6302
6303@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6304
474c8240 6305@smallexample
b247355e 6306$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6307do
8973da3a
AC
6308( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6309done
8642bc8f 6310$
474c8240 6311@end smallexample
8973da3a 6312
0816590b
AC
6313@noindent
6314Note:
8642bc8f 6315
0816590b
AC
6316@itemize @bullet
6317@item
6318The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6319any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6320@code{cvs} really does.
6321@end itemize
6322
6323@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6324
0816590b
AC
6325@table @file
6326
6327@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6328
6329Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6330releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6331
0816590b 6332Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6333
474c8240 6334@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6335$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6336...
6337c-x 4 a
6338...
6339c-x c-s c-x c-c
6340$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6341$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6342@end smallexample
8973da3a 6343
0816590b
AC
6344@item gdb/README
6345
6346You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6347
0816590b
AC
6348@itemize @bullet
6349@item
b247355e 6350The version.
0816590b 6351@item
b247355e 6352The update date.
0816590b 6353@item
b247355e 6354Who did it.
0816590b 6355@end itemize
8973da3a 6356
474c8240 6357@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6358$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6359...
8973da3a 6360c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6361...
8973da3a 6362c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6363$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6364$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6365@end smallexample
8973da3a 6366
0816590b
AC
6367@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6368before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6369to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6370
8642bc8f
AC
6371@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6372@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6373pursuing.}
8973da3a 6374
0816590b 6375@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6376
474c8240 6377@smallexample
8642bc8f 6378$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6379$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
63805.2
8642bc8f 6381$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6382...
6383c-x 4 a
0816590b 6384... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6385c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6386$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6387$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6388@end smallexample
8973da3a 6389
0816590b
AC
6390@end table
6391
6392@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6393
6394This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6395
4ce8657e
MC
6396@smallexample
6397$ for m in gdb insight
6398do
6399( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6400done
4ce8657e
MC
6401@end smallexample
6402
6403If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6404(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6405
474c8240 6406@smallexample
0816590b 6407$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6408do
0816590b 6409( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6410done
474c8240 6411@end smallexample
8973da3a 6412
0816590b 6413@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6414
0816590b 6415You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6416@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6417for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6418
474c8240 6419@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6420$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6421M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6422? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6423? proto-toplev
0816590b 6424@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6425M gdb/ChangeLog
6426M gdb/NEWS
6427M gdb/README
6428M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6429@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6430$
474c8240 6431@end smallexample
8973da3a 6432
0816590b 6433@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6434@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6435@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6436was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6437didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6438
0816590b 6439@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6440
474c8240 6441@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6442$ cp */src/*.tar .
6443$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6444$ ls -F
b247355e 6445gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6446$ for m in gdb insight
6447do
6448bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6449gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6450done
6451$
474c8240 6452@end smallexample
8973da3a 6453
0816590b
AC
6454@noindent
6455Note:
6456
6457@itemize @bullet
6458@item
6459A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6460in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6461can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6462process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6463@end itemize
6464
6465@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6466
0816590b 6467Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6468
0816590b
AC
6469@smallexample
6470$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6471$ cd gdb-5.2
6472$ ./configure
6473$ make
6474@dots{}
6475$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6476GNU gdb 5.2
6477@dots{}
6478(gdb) b main
6479Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6480(gdb) run
6481Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6482
6483Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6484734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6485(gdb) print args
6486$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6487(gdb)
6488@end smallexample
8973da3a 6489
0816590b 6490@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6491
0816590b 6492If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6493
0816590b
AC
6494@enumerate
6495@item
6496Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6497@item
6498Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6499@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6500process can restart.
6501@item
6502Make the release candidate available in
6503@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6504@item
6505Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6506@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6507@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6508
0816590b 6509@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6510
0816590b 6511(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6512
0816590b 6513@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6514
0816590b 6515Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6516
474c8240 6517@smallexample
0816590b 6518$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6519$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6520@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6521
0816590b
AC
6522@noindent
6523Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6524are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6525
6526@smallexample
6527$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6528$ rm @dots{}
6529@end smallexample
6530
6531@noindent
6532Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6533directory:
6534
6535@smallexample
6536$ vi README
6537@dots{}
6538$ rm -f .message
6539$ ln README .message
6540@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6541
0816590b 6542@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6543
0816590b
AC
6544@table @file
6545
6546@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6547This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6548@itemize @bullet
6549@item
b247355e 6550General announcement.
8642bc8f 6551@item
0816590b
AC
6552News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6553earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6554@item
b247355e 6555Errata.
0816590b
AC
6556@end itemize
6557
6558@item htdocs/index.html
6559@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6560@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6561These files include:
6562@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6563@item
b247355e 6564Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6565@item
b247355e 6566News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6567@end itemize
0816590b 6568These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6569
0816590b 6570@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6571You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6572docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6573from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6574Something like:
6575
474c8240 6576@smallexample
8642bc8f 6577$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6578 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6579 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6580 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6581 gdb
474c8240 6582@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6583
0816590b
AC
6584@item download/ari/
6585Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6586
0816590b
AC
6587@smallexample
6588$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6589 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6590 $PWD/www \
6591 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6592 gdb
6593@end smallexample
6594
6595@end table
6596
6597@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6598
6599Something goes here.
6600
6601
6602@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6603
6604At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6605@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6606
6607@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6608
6609Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6610
6611@itemize @bullet
6612@item
6613@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6614@item
0816590b
AC
6615@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6616day or so to let things get out)
6617@item
6618@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6619@end itemize
6620
0816590b 6621@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6622
0816590b 6623The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6624
0816590b 6625@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6626
0816590b 6627In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6628
6629@itemize @bullet
6630@item
6631@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6632@item
6633@file{gdb/version.in}
6634@item
6635@file{gdb/NEWS}
6636@item
6637@file{gdb/README}
6638@end itemize
6639
0816590b 6640@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6641
6642Something like:
6643
474c8240 6644@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6645$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6646$ echo $d
66472002-01-24
6648$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6649$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6650@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6651
0816590b 6652Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6653@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6654
6655@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6656
0816590b
AC
6657Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6658indicates when the release was made.
6659
6660@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6661
6662If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6663@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6664committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6665@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6666is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6667
6668Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6669
0816590b 6670@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6671
8642bc8f
AC
6672The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6673trunk.
8973da3a 6674
0816590b
AC
6675@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6676
6677Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6678Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6679generated by running:
6680
6681@smallexample
6682$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6683@end smallexample
6684
6685@noindent
6686The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6687of the most recent release.
6688
6689Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6690
8642bc8f 6691@section Post release
8973da3a 6692
8642bc8f 6693Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6694
085dd6e6
JM
6695@node Testsuite
6696
6697@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6698@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6699
56caf160
EZ
6700The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6701While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6702this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6703the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6704to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6705
b247355e
NR
6706The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6707tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6708runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6709
6710@section Using the Testsuite
6711
56caf160 6712@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6713To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6714testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6715environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6716the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6717and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6718finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6719
474c8240 6720@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6721 === gdb Summary ===
6722
6723# of expected passes 6016
6724# of unexpected failures 58
6725# of unexpected successes 5
6726# of expected failures 183
6727# of unresolved testcases 3
6728# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6729@end smallexample
56caf160 6730
a9f158ec
JB
6731To run a specific test script, type:
6732@example
6733make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6734@end example
6735where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6736spaces.
6737
085dd6e6
JM
6738The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6739conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6740real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6741failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6742hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6743everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6744being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6745lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6746Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6747reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6748catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6749program.
6750
6751When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6752testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6753regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6754run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6755compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6756testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6757options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6758host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6759mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6760
6761If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6762tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6763and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6764Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6765failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6766difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6767in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6768tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6769
e7dc800a
MC
6770DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6771some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6772the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6773will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6774
6775@smallexample
6776UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6777@end smallexample
6778
085dd6e6
JM
6779@section Testsuite Organization
6780
56caf160 6781@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6782The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6783testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6784and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6785handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6786@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6787all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6788configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6789definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6790
6791The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6792subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6793with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6794in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6795get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6796
6797The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6798are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6799located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6800execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6801intelligibility.
6802
56caf160 6803@table @file
085dd6e6 6804@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6805This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6806configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6807The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6808ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6809for prototypes).
6810
6811@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6812Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6813@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6814
6815@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6816Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6817(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6818HP-UX.
6819
6820@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6821Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
68221999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6823couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6824imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6825extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6826
6827@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6828Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6829instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6830@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6831@end table
6832
6833@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6834@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6835
25822942 6836In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6837should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6838
6839You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6840includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6841However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6842instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6843calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6844
6845Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6846necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6847a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6848@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6849prompts.
6850
6851Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6852On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6853spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6854
6855The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6856style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6857styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6858instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6859never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6860uniformly.
6861
c906108c
SS
6862@node Hints
6863
6864@chapter Hints
6865
6866Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6867appear anywhere else in the directory.
6868
6869@menu
25822942 6870* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6871* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6872@end menu
6873
6874@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6875
6876@section Getting Started
6877
25822942 6878@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6879work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6880know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6881
25822942
DB
6882This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6883generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6884
6885Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6886comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6887function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6888explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6889free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6890out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6891actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6892
6893Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6894native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6895repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6896macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6897default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6898also documents all the available macros.
6899@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6900@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6901@c Conditionals})
6902
56caf160
EZ
6903Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6904@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6905@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6906code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6907
6908You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6909enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6910language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6911the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6912and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6913are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6914approach.
6915
25822942 6916Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6917specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6918function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6919will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6920calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6921(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6922called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6923functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6924one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6925structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6926the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6927look like.
6928
6929Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6930code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6931principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6932else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6933rather than worrying about all its details.
6934
56caf160
EZ
6935@cindex command implementation
6936A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6937a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6938single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6939@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6940via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6941which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6942the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6943@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6944command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6945display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6946not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6947tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6948breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6949
6950@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6951If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6952on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6953wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6954@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6955Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6956
33e16fad 6957@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6958
25822942 6959@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6960@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6961
25822942 6962If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6963fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6964Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6965debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6966./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6967@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6968
25822942 6969When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6970@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6971gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6972in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6973gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6974
6975If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6976you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6977routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6978@kbd{M-.}
6979
25822942 6980Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6981have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6982
6983@section Submitting Patches
6984
56caf160 6985@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6986Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6987@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6988Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6989changes.
6990
25822942
DB
6991The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6992This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6993
6994If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6995or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6996with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6997
56caf160 6998@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6999The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7000copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7001of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7002standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7003and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7004owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7005changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7006etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7007contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7008bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7009this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7010since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7011
7012Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7013feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7014Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7015header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7016each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7017needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7018@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7019single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7020
7021In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7022sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7023If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7024out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7025
9e0b60a8
JM
7026The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7027install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7028or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7029will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7030The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7031the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7032being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7033tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7034the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7035acceptable.
7036
7037If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7038of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7039installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7040reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7041complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7042they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7043permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7044be for quite some time.
c906108c 7045
56caf160 7046Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7047@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7048
7049@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7050@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7051
25822942 7052Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7053configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7054should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7055
7056@table @code
c906108c
SS
7057@item STACK_END_ADDR
7058This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7059in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7060core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7061gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7062files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7063and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7064
7065Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7066is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7067
c906108c
SS
7068@end table
7069
bcd7e15f 7070@include observer.texi
2154891a 7071@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7072@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7073@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7074
56caf160
EZ
7075@node Index
7076@unnumbered Index
7077
7078@printindex cp
7079
c906108c 7080@bye
This page took 1.015328 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.